2. Parameter details

This chapter describes the details of the parameters configured in EXPRESSCLUSTER.

This chapter covers:


2.1. Parameter settings

This section describes the details of the parameters configured in EXPRESSCLUSTER.
Use Cluster WebUI to configure the parameters.
For more information of Cluster WebUI, refer to the online manual of Cluster WebUI.

2.2. Cluster properties

In Cluster Properties, you can view and change the cluster's settings.

2.2.1. Info tab

You can view the cluster name, and enter or change a comment for this cluster.

Cluster Name

The cluster name is displayed. You cannot change the name here.

Changing the cluster name

  1. click others, and then select Rename the cluster.

  1. A dialog box to rename cluster is displayed.

Naming rules

  • Only alphanumeric characters, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and space are allowed for names.

  • Up to 31 characters (31 bytes)

  • Names cannot start or end with a hyphen (-) or space.

Comment

You can enter a comment for the cluster. Only alphanumeric characters are allowed.

Language

Select a language for cluster from the following. Set the language (locale) of OS on which the Cluster WebUI runs.

  • English

  • Japanese

  • Chinese

2.2.2. Interconnect tab

This tab allows you to set up network communication paths between cluster servers.

The Heartbeat I/F Priority List displays network communication paths between servers in the cluster.

Add

Adds a communication path. To specify the IP address of the communication path for each server, click a cell in each server's column, and then select or enter the address. For a communication route to which some servers are not connected, leave the cells for the unconnected servers blank.

Remove

Removes a communication path. Select the column of the communication path to remove, and then click Remove to remove the selected path.

Properties

Displays heartbeat properties window. This is only available only when the type is Witness.

Witness HeartBeat Properties

Target Host

Sets the host address of the Witness server to be connected.

Service Port

Sets the port number of the Witness server to be connected.

Use SSL

Configures whether or not to use SSL for communicating with the Witness server. When the checkbox is selected, SSL is used, and when the checkbox is not selected, it is not used.

Use Proxy

Configures whether or not to use proxy for communicating with the Witness server. When the checkbox is selected, the settings of the proxy tab in the server properties become effective. When the checkbox is not selected, any proxy setting is not used even if the proxy is set in the server properties.

HTTP Timeout

Sets the timeout of receiving HTTP response.

Initialize

Resets the Witness heartbeat properties settings to default values.

Priority

When multiple interconnects are configured, the communication path with the smallest number in the Priority column is used preferentially for the internal communication among cluster servers. To change the priority, change the order of selected rows with the arrows.

It is recommended to specify a higher priority for the interconnect communication path than any other paths.

Note

Priority is used to decide on the priority of communication routes used for internal communication between the servers in the cluster. Heartbeat between the servers in the cluster is implemented on all communication routes that are set up for heartbeat, regardless of Priority.

Type

For a communication route used for kernel mode LAN heartbeat transmission (interconnect), click a cell in the Type column, and then select Kernel Mode.

Specify as many communication routes for the interconnect as possible.

To use Witness heartbeat, select Witness.

To prepare a dedicated data mirroring communication path (mirror disk connect), click the Type column cell and then select Mirror Communication Only.

MDC column

To use a communication path as a mirror disk connect, click the MDC column cell and then select a mirror disk connect.

The entry differs depending on the type.

  • Kernel Mode or Mirror Communication Only
    Select a mirror disk connect from the combo box.
    When a mirror disk connect is not used, select Do Not Use.
  • Witness
    No mirror disk connect is available.
    Do Not Use is automatically entered in the MDC column cell and the cell cannot be edited.

Server column

The entry differs depending on the type.

  • Kernel Mode or Mirror Communication Only
    Enter IP address. Leave the cells for any unused paths blank.
  • Witness
    Select either Use or Do Not Use.

Note

  • More than one IP addresses which belong to the same network address cannot exist in a single server. And also, inclusive relation cannot exist like the following relation.

    IP address:10.1.1.10, subnet mask:255.255.0.0
    IP address:10.1.2.10, subnet mask:255.255.255.0

  • To list the IP addresses to be set for the interconnect in the list box in the config mode of Cluster WebUI, execute Update Server Info.

Server Down Notification

When a server stops successfully (including shutdown and reboot), it is notified to other servers in the cluster. You can perform failover faster by notifying it in advance.

When failing to deactivate groups when a server stops (including shutdown and reboot), or when other abnormalities occur, other servers are not notified of it regardless of the settings of failed server notification.

  • When the check box is selected:
    Server down will be notified.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    Server down will not be notified.

Click Detailed Settings to configure the details of server reset notification.

Note

Making the settings effective requires the following:
The check box of server down notification is checked.

Server Reset Notification

This notification by the server means informing other servers of its stop due to Reset the hardware or Generate an intentional stop error.

  • If the check box is checked:
    With the notification, its source server is regarded as down.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    No reaction happens even with the notification.

Execute Server Alive Check

  • If the check box is checked:
    Whether the server is alive is checked before the failover.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    Whether the server is alive is not checked before the failover.

Timeout

Specify a value for the timeout of checking whether the server is alive. If the value is larger than that for the heartbeat timeout, the latter timeout value is applied.

2.2.3. Fencing tab

Set up the network partition (NP) resolution method and the forced stop function.

2.2.3.1. NP Resolution

The network partition resolution interface used for EXPRESSCLUSTER is displayed on the NP Resolution List.

Add

Add network partition resolution (NP resolution) resource. Click the Type column cell and select the type of NP resolution (DISK, Ping, HTTP, Majority). If the type is Ping, click the Ping target column cell and set the IP address of the Ping destination device. Click the cell of each server and set Use or Do Not Use.

Remove

Remove network partition resolution resource. Select the network partition resolution resource to be removed and click Remove, then the selected network partition resolution resource is removed.

Properties

Only available when the selected resource type is DISK, Ping or HTTP. The DISK NP Properties, Ping NP Properties or HTTP NP Properties window is displayed.

DISK NP Properties

  • IO Wait Time
    Set the disk I/O wait time. Set the value so that the value exceeds the maximum delay time of the disk I/O of the shared disk device. When the disk path is duplicated, I/O delay caused by switching path needs to be considered.
  • Interval
    Set the disk heartbeat interval.
  • Timeout
    Set the disk heartbeat timeout.
  • Retry Count
    Set the retry count.
  • Initialize
    Set the I/O wait time, interval, timeout and retry count to the default values.

Ping NP Properties

  • Add Group List
    Add IP address group of Ping target.
    The maximum number of registered group is 16.
    If multiple IP addresses are registered in one group, and if the state in which no response to the ping command is returned from all the IP addresses is maintained, NP resolution processing cannot be performed (if there is even one IP address responding to the ping command, NP resolution processing can be performed). Also, if multiple groups are registered, and if the state in which no response to the ping command is returned from any one group is maintained, NP resolution processing cannot be performed (if all groups respond to the ping command, NP resolution processing can be done).
  • Remove Group List
    Remove the selected group.
  • Add IP Address List
    Add IP address to the selected group.
    The maximum number of registered IP address is 16.
    Maximum 256 IP addresses are able to be registered to a single Ping NP resource, and 16 kinds of IP addresses can be registered. (The same IP addresses can be used.)
  • Remove IP Address List
    Remove the selected IP address from the list.
  • Edit
    Edit the selected IP address.
  • Interval
    Set the Ping interval
  • Timeout
    Set the timeout of Ping response wait.
  • Retry Count
    Set the retry count.
  • Initialize
    Set the interval, timeout and retry count to the default values. Note that, when an interval and retry count are specified, the following conditional expression must be satisfied. If not satisfied, NP resolution processing cannot be performed normally.

    Conditional expression) Heartbeat timeout > (interval *retry count)

HTTP NP Properties

  • Use Witness HB Resource Settings
    Use the same target host and service port as those of Witness HB which has already been configured.
  • Target Host
    Sets the host address of the Web server to be connected.
  • Service Port
    Sets the port number of the Web server to be connected.
  • Use SSL
    Configures whether or not to use SSL for communicating the Web server. When the checkbox is selected, SSL is used, and when the checkbox is not selected, it is not used.
  • Use Proxy**
    Configures whether or not to use proxy for communicating with the Web server. When the checkbox is selected, the settings of the proxy tab in the server properties become effective. When the checkbox is not selected, any proxy setting is not used even if the proxy is set in the server properties.
  • Interval
    Sets the interval for sending HTTP requests.
  • Timeout
    Sets the timeout time from receiving an HTTP response to receiving the subsequent HTTP response.
  • HTTP Timeout
    Sets the timeout time from sending an HTTP request to receiving an HTTP response.
  • Initialize
    Resets the settings of HTTP NP Properties to default values.

Type

Set the type of network partition resolution resource. DISK, Ping, HTTP, Majority is selectable.

Target

Enter the information depending on the type you chose.

  • Ping
    Enter the IP address of the device where you send a ping.
  • HTTP
    Enter the DNS name or IP address of the Web server where you send a HTTP request.
  • DISK, Majority
    N/A

Server

Entry differs depending on the type.

  • DISK
    Enter the drive letter for disk heartbeat partition.

Note

To list the drive letters to be set for the disk heartbeat partition in the list box in the config mode of Cluster WebUI execute Update Server Info.

  • Ping, HTTP, Majority
    Select either Use or Do Not Use.

Tuning

Network Partition Resolution Tuning Properties window is displayed.

Network Partition Resolution Tuning Properties

  • Action at NP Occurrence

    • Stop the cluster service
      Stop the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server service of the server in network partition.
    • Stop the cluster service and shutdown OS
      Stop the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server service of the server in network partition, and then shuts down the OS.
    • Stop the cluster service and reboot OS
      Stop the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server service of the server in network partition, and then reboots the OS.
    • Emergency shutdown
      Shutdown the server in network partition.
    • Generate an intentional stop error
      Intentionally cause stop error for the server in network partition.
    • Reset the hardware 1
      Restart the server by HW reset in network partition.

Note

When mirror disk resources or hybrid disk resources are used, it is not recommended that you set Stop the cluster service for Action at NP Occurrence.
If Stop the cluster service is set, you might have to run the forcible mirror recovery at the time of recovery from NP occurrence.
  • Initialize
    Set the actions at NP occurrence to the default settings.
1

This function does not require ipmiutil, unlike the forced stop function.

2.2.3.2. Forced Stop

Type

Specify a type of forced stop resource to be used. If no forced stop resources are to be used, select Do Not Use.

Properties

Displays the properties window of a forced stop resource corresponding to the specified type.

BMC Forced Stop Properties

Configure the forced stop of a physical machine. The BMC Forced Stop Properties dialog box is displayed by selecting BMC as a type of forced stop resource and then clicking Properties.

Server List tab

Add

Adds, from available servers, a server to be configured. Selecting a server and clicking Add displays the Enter BMC dialog box.

  • IP Address (Within 80 bytes)
    Enter the IP address set for the LAN port for managing BMC.
  • User Name (Within 255 bytes)
    Enter the name of a user with administrator privilege from the user names configured in BMC.
    If you do not enter anything, do not configure the user name argument when executing the ipmiutil command.
    The length of the actually valid user name depends on the ipmiutil command and the BMC specifications of the server.
  • Password (Within 255 bytes)
    Enter the password of user configured above.
    The length of the actually valid user name depends on the ipmiutil command and the BMC specifications of the server.
    For information on user name of IPMI and how to configure the password, refer to the manual of the server.

Remove

Removes a server in use. Select an unnecessary server, then click Remove.

Edit

Use this for changing the settings of a server. Select a desired server, then click Edit. This displays the Enter BMC dialog box.

When configuring a cluster with different server models, exclude a server having no BMC. If you added such a server, the forced stop function would alert you to a failure in a periodical check on forcibly stopping the BMC.

Forced stop tab

Forced Stop Action

Specify an action of the forced stop.

Forced Stop Timeout (0 to 999)

Specify a value for the timeout of awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action.

Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action. During the specified time period from the time of requesting a forced stop, whether the forced stop is completed is checked.
Specify this value with BMC Power Off selected for Forced Stop Action.

Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the start of a failover with a forced stop in action. The failover occurs after a forced stop is requested and the specified time passes.
Specify this value with BMC Reset, BMC Power Cycle, or BMC NMI selected for Forced Stop Action.

Suppress Group Failover If Stopping Fails

Suppresses group failover if a forced stop fails. Since the group is not started in the failover destination in this case, check the state of the failover source, then manipulate the group as needed.

vCenter Forced Stop Properties

Configure the forced stop of a virtual machine (guest OS). The vCenter Forced Stop Properties dialog box is displayed by selecting vCenter as a type of forced stop resource and then clicking Properties.

Server List tab

Add

Adds, from available servers, a server to be configured. Selecting a server and clicking Add displays the Input for Virtual Machine name dialog box.

  • Virtual Machine name (Within 80 bytes)
    Set the virtual machine (guest OS) name.

    Note

    Do not use a double quotation mark (") or percent sign (%) in the virtual machine name.

  • Data Center (Within 80 bytes)
    Set the name of the data center that manages the virtual machine (guest OS).

Note

Do not use a double quotation mark (") or percent sign (%) in the data center name.

Remove

Removes a server in use. Select an unnecessary server, then click Remove.

Edit

Use this for changing the settings of a server. Select a desired server, then click Edit. This displays the Input for Virtual Machine name dialog box.

Forced stop tab

Forced Stop Action

Specify an action of the forced stop.

  • Power Off
    Use this to power off the server by using the vmcontrol command.
  • Reset
    Use this to perform a hardware reset of the server by using the vmcontrol command.

Forced Stop Timeout (0 to 999)

Specify a value for the timeout of awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action.

Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action. During the specified time period from the time of requesting a forced stop, whether the forced stop is completed is checked.
Specify this value with Power Off selected for Forced Stop Action.

Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the start of a failover with a forced stop in action. The failover occurs after a forced stop is requested and the specified time passes.
Specify this value with Reset selected for Forced Stop Action.

Suppress Group Failover If Stopping Fails

Suppresses group failover if a forced stop fails. Since the group is not started in the failover destination in this case, check the state of the failover source, then manipulate the group as needed.

vCenter tab

VMware vSphere CLI Installation Path (Within 1023 bytes)

Specify the installation path of the VMware vSphere CLI.

Specification example:C:\Program Files (x86)\VMware\VMware vSphere CLI

Host name (Within 255 bytes)

Specify the IP address of the virtual machine management tool.

User Name (Within 255 bytes)

Specify the user name of the virtual machine management tool.

Password (Within 255 bytes)

Specify the password for the virtual machine management tool.

Note

Do not use a double quotation mark (") in the password.

Perl Path (Within 255 bytes)

Specify the Perl path to be used when executing the virtual machine forced stop. Specify an absolute path using ASCII characters. Do not add "" to the end of the path.

Specification example:C:\Perl64\bin\perl.exe

AWS Forced Stop Properties

Configure the forced stop of Amazon Web Services. The AWS Forced Stop Properties dialog box is displayed by selecting AWS as a type of forced stop resource and then clicking Properties.

Server List tab

Add

Adds, from available servers, a server to be configured. Selecting a server and clicking Add displays the Input of Instance dialog box.

  • Instance ID (Within 32 bytes)
    Specify the instance ID of AWS.

Remove

Removes a server in use. Select an unnecessary server, then click Remove.

Edit

Use this for changing the settings of a server. Select a desired server, then click Edit. This displays the Input of Instance dialog box.

Forced stop tab

Forced Stop Action

Specify an action of the forced stop.

  • stop
    Uses the AWS CLI to stop the instance.
  • reboot
    Uses the AWS CLI to reboot the instance.

Forced Stop Timeout (0 to 999)

Specify a value for the timeout of awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action.

Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action. During the specified time period from the time of requesting a forced stop, whether the forced stop is completed is checked.
Specify this value with stop selected for Forced Stop Action.

Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the start of a failover with a forced stop in action. The failover occurs after a forced stop is requested and the specified time passes.
Specify this value with reboot selected for Forced Stop Action.

Suppress Group Failover If Stopping Fails

Suppresses group failover if a forced stop fails. Since the group is not started in the failover destination in this case, check the state of the failover source, then manipulate the group as needed.

OCI Forced Stop Properties

Configure the forced stop of Oracle Cloud Infrastructure. The OCI Forced Stop Properties dialog box is displayed by selecting OCI as a type of forced stop resource and then clicking Properties.

Server List tab

Add

Adds, from available servers, a server to be configured. Selecting a server and clicking Add displays the Input of Instance dialog box.

  • Instance ID (Within 255 bytes)
    Specify the instance ID of OCI.

Remove

Removes a server in use. Select an unnecessary server, then click Remove.

Edit

Use this for changing the settings of a server. Select a desired server, then click Edit. This displays the Input of Instance dialog box.

Forced stop tab

Forced Stop Action

Specify an action of the forced stop.

  • stop
    Uses the OCI CLI to stop the instance.
  • reboot
    Uses the OCI CLI to reboot the instance.

Forced Stop Timeout (0 to 999)

Specify a value for the timeout of awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action.

Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action. During the specified time period from the time of requesting a forced stop, whether the forced stop is completed is checked.
Specify this value with stop selected for Forced Stop Action.

Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start (0 to 999)

Specify a value for awaiting the start of a failover with a forced stop in action. The failover occurs after a forced stop is requested and the specified time passes.
Specify this value with reboot selected for Forced Stop Action.

Suppress Group Failover If Stopping Fails

Suppresses group failover if a forced stop fails. Since the group is not started in the failover destination in this case, check the state of the failover source, then manipulate the group as needed.

Custom Forced Stop Properties

Make settings on the script for the forced stop. The Custom Forced Stop Properties dialog box is displayed by selecting Custom as a type of forced stop resource and then clicking Properties.

Server List tab

Add

Adds a server from available servers.

Remove

Removes a server in use. Select an unnecessary server, then click Remove.

Forced stop tab

Forced Stop Timeout (0 to 999)

Specify a value for the timeout of awaiting the completion of a forced stop in action.

Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed (0 to 999)

Not to be specified for this function.

Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start (0 to 999)

Not to be specified for this function.

Suppress Group Failover If Stopping Fails

Suppresses group failover if a forced stop fails. Since the group is not started in the failover destination in this case, check the state of the failover source, then manipulate the group as needed.

Script tab

The default script file names, forcestop.bat, are listed on Scripts.

User Application

Use an executable file (executable batch file or execution file) on the server as a script. For the file name, specify an absolute path or name of the executable file of the local disk on the server. If you specify only the name of the executable file, you must configure the path with environment variable in advance. If there is any blank in the absolute path or the file name, put them in double quotation marks ("") as follows.
Example: "C:\Program Files\script.bat"
If you want to execute VBScript, enter a command and VBScript file name as follows.
Example: cscript script.vbs
Each executable file is not included in the cluster configuration information of the Cluster WebUI. They must be prepared on each server because they cannot be edited or uploaded by the Cluster WebUI.
Path (Within 1023 bytes)
Specify a script to be executed (executable batch file or execution file) when you select User Application.
Script created with this product
Use a script file which is prepared by the Cluster WebUI as a script. You can edit the script file with the Cluster WebUI if you need. The script file is included in the cluster configuration information.
Add
Use this button to add a script other than forcestop.bat script when you select Script created with this product.

Note

Do not use 2-byte characters for the name of a script to be added.
Do not use "&( ampersand)" or "= (equal sign)" for a script file name to be added.
Remove
Use this button to delete a script when you select Script created with this product. The forcestop.bat script cannot be deleted.
View
Click here to display the script file when you select Script created with this product.
Edit
Click here to edit the script file when you select Script created with this product. Click Save to apply the change. You cannot modify the name of the script file.
Replace
Click here to replace the contents of a script file with the contents of the script file which you selected in the file selection dialog box when you select Script created with this product. You cannot replace the script file if it is currently displayed or edited. Select a script file only. Do not select binary files (applications), and so on.
Exec User
Specify a user to perform a script. An exec user can be selected from Account tab of Cluster properties.
If you do not specify an exec user, the script is run by a system account.

2.2.4. Timeout tab

Specify values such as time-out on this tab.

Service Startup Delay Time (0 to 9999)

Specify how long starting the cluster service should be delayed in starting the OS.

Network initialization complete wait time (0 to 99)

This is the time the server waits until its NIC becomes valid after startup.

Server Sync Wait Time (0 to 99)

For the time specified here, the server will wait at startup until other servers are started.

Heartbeat

  • Interval (1 to 99)
    Interval of heartbeats
  • Timeout (2 to 9999)
    A server is determined to be failed if there is no response for the time specified here.
    This time-out should be longer than the interval.

Server Internal Timeout (1 to 9999)

The timeout to be used in the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server internal communications that are performed while an EXPRESSCLUSTER command is executed, or an operation is performed or a screen is displayed by Cluster WebUI.

Initialize

Used for initializing the value to the default value. Click Initialize to initialize all the items to their default values.

2.2.5. Port No. tab

Specify TCP port numbers and UDP port numbers.

TCP

No TCP port numbers can be overlapped. When the Replicator/Replicator DR is used, they should not be overlapped with any mirror data port number of any mirror disk resources and hybrid disk resource.

  • Server Internal Port Number (1 to 65535 2)
    This port number is used for internal communication.
  • Information Base Port Number (1 to 65535 2 )
    This port number is used for cluster information management.
  • Data Transfer Port Number (1 to 655352)
    This port number is used for transactions such as applying and backing up the cluster configuration data, sending and receiving the license data and running commands.
  • WebManager HTTP Port Number (1 to 655352)
    This port number is used for a browser to communicate with the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server.
  • API HTTP Port Number (1 to 65535 2 )
    This port number is used when a Restful API client communicates with the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server.
  • API Server Internal Port Number (1 to 65535 2 )
    This port number is used for internal communication of Restful API.
  • Disk Agent Port Number (1 to 655352)
    This port number is used for a disk agent port number.
  • Mirror Driver Port Number (1 to 655352)
    This port number is used for a mirror driver.

UDP

No UDP port numbers can be overlapped.

  • Kernel Mode Heartbeat Port Number (1 to 655352)
    This port number is used for kernel mode heartbeat.
  • Alert Sync Port Number (1 to 655352)
    This port number is used for synchronizing alert messages among servers.

Initialize

This is used for initializing the value to the default value. Click Initialize to initialize all the items to the default values.

2(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10)

It is strongly recommended not to use well-known ports, especially reserved ports from 1 to 1023.

2.2.6. Monitor tab

Specify the settings for monitoring.

System Resource

Select whether to collect system resource information.

System resource information is collected regularly so as to improve system operability. System resource information is useful for investigating the operation status of EXPRESSCLUSTER, and makes it easy to determine the cause of a failure attributable to a shortage of system resources.

  • When the check box is selected:
    System resource information related to the CPU, memory, processes, and others is collected regularly while the cluster is running.
    The collected system resource information is collected when the clplogcc command or Cluster WebUI collects logs.
    Specify type 1 to collect the log by the clplogcc command; specify Pattern 1 to collect the log by the Cluster WebUI. For details on log collection, see "Collecting logs (clplogcc command)"in "9. EXPRESSCLUSTER command reference" in this guide or the online manual.
    A disk area of 450 MB or more is required to store the resource information, depending on the system operating conditions such as the number of processes that are running.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    No system resource information is collected.

2.2.7. Recovery tab

Make settings on cluster recovery.

Action When the Cluster Service Process Is Failure

Specify an action at process abnormity of the cluster service.

  • Emergency shutdown
    Shutdown the server.
  • Generate an intentional stop error
    Generate a stop error (Panic) intentionally and restart the server.
  • Reset the hardware 3
    Restart the server by HW reset.

This function allows monitoring the following cluster service process:

  • clprc.exe
3

This function does not require ipmiutil, unlike the forced stop function.

Recovery Action for HA Agents

  • Max Restart Count (0 to 99)
    Specify the max restart count when an HA Agent error has occurred.
  • Recovery Action over Max Restart Count
    Specify the action when an HA Agent error has occurred.

    • No operation

    • Stop the cluster service
      Stops the cluster service of the server that detected an error.
    • Stop the cluster service and shutdown OS
      Stops the cluster service of the server that detected an error, and then shuts down the OS.
    • Stop the cluster service and reboot OS
      Stops the cluster service of the server that detected an error, and then reboots the OS.

Note

The HA process is used with the system monitor resource, Process resource monitor resource, JVM monitor resource, and system resource information collection function.

Action at Group Resource Activation or Deactivation Stall

Specify the action to apply in the event of an activation/deactivation stall of a group resource.

  • Emergency shutdown
    Shutdown the server on which a stall occurred.
  • Generate an intentional stop error
    Intentionally cause a stop error (Panic) on the server on which a stall occurred.
  • No operation (Operates as an activity or deactivity failure)
    Use this to perform recovery upon the detection of an activation/deactivation failure of a group resource. For details on the recovery operation, see "Recovery Operation tab" , "Resource Properties"in "3. Group resource details" in this guide.

Note

If a stall occurs with "Nothing (handle a stall as an activation/deactivation failure)" specified, the effect on the group resources is undefined, so we do not recommend changing the setting to "Nothing (handle a stall as an activation/deactivation If you do specify "Nothing (handle a stall as an activation/deactivation failure)", set the recovery operation upon the detection of an activation/deactivation failure of a group resource as described below.

  • Activation/deactivation retry threshold: 0 (times)

  • Failover threshold: 0 (times)

  • Final action: Intentionally causing a stop error

If Stop the cluster service and shut down OS or Stop the cluster service and reboot OS is specified as the final action, it takes a considerable amount of time for the cluster service to stop.

Disable the Final Action when OS Stops Due to Failure Detection

Click Detailed Settings to set suppression of the final action which accompanies the OS stop caused by error detection.

  • Group Resource When Activation Failure Detected
    If the final action caused by an activation error detection in a group resource accompanies the OS stop, the final action is suppressed if all other servers are stopped.
  • Group Resource When Deactivation Failure Detected
    If the final action caused by a deactivation error detection in a group resource accompanies the OS stop, the final action is suppressed if all other servers are stopped.
  • Monitor Resource When Failure Detected
    If the final action caused by an error detection in a monitor resource accompanies the OS stop, the final action is suppressed if all other servers are stopped.

Note

  • If errors were detected on multiple servers almost at the same time, and the final action was taken for those servers, the final action which accompanies the OS stop may be taken for all the servers even if the final action caused by an error detection in a monitor resource is set to be suppressed.

  • The message receive monitor resource does not become the target for which the final action caused by error detection is suppressed.

  • The following situations lead to an OS stop during the final action when an activation/deactivation error is detected in a group resource and during the final action when a monitor resource error is detected.

    • Stop the cluster service and shutdown OS

    • Stop the cluster service and reboot OS

    • Generate an intentional stop error

Disable Shutdown When Multi-Failover-Service Detected

Click Detailed Settings to suppress the shutdown of all servers upon detection of both-system activation.

Server Group Survives When Multi-Failover-Service Detected

Select one server. The shutdown of the server, which belongs to the server group selected when the both-system activation of the failover group was detected, is suppressed. When the both-system activation is detected among servers in the selected server group, both of the servers will be shut down. If you want to suppress the shutdown in this case, make the settings to disable shutdown when the following double activation is detected.

Server Survives When Multi-Failover-Service Detected

Select one server. The shutdown of the server, selected when the both-system activation of the failover group was detected, is suppressed.
If a server group to which shutdown is not executed when Multi-Failover is detected is set, it is possible to select only a server belonging to the set server group. If no server group is set, all the servers can be selected.

Important

Suppose that shutdown is suppressed upon the detection of both-system activation in an environment in which the mirror disk resource is used for setting automatic mirror recovery. In this case, automatic mirror copying starts when the server which is shut down upon the detection of both-system activation is re-started through the OS. Care is needed since this discards one piece of data from among that updated separately on the mirror disk of each server at both-system activation.

You need to select a server for which the data is to be protected when suppressing shutdown caused by the detection of both-system activation in an environment in which the mirror disk resource is used.

Note

When the both-system activation is detected, the group statuses will be inconsistent among the servers, and failover and failback operations will be able to fail.

If a group status mismatch occurs, the following alert log is output:

Type: Warning
Module name: rc
Event ID: 1104
Message: A mismatch in the group %1 status occurs between the servers.

To fix this problem, restart the group, execute a cluster reboot, restart all the servers on which the groups are not started, or restart the cluster services of all the servers on which the groups are not started.

2.2.8. Alert Service tab

Set up the alert service and network warning light.

Note

To use the mail alert function and network warning light, EXPRESSCLUSTER X Alert Service 5.0 for Windows is required.

Enable Alert Setting

Configure whether to modify the alert destination from the default value. If you modify the alert destination, click Edit to set the destination address.
If you clear the check box, the destination address you have modified returns to the default settings temporarily.
For the default settings for the destination address, see "Messages reported by event log and alert"in "11. Error messages" in this guide.

E-mail Address (Within 255 bytes)

Enter the e-mail address to which the report is sent. If more than two e-mail addresses are set, delimit the address by semicolon.

Subject (Within 127 bytes)

Enter the subject title for the e-mail message.

Mail Method

Configure the methods to send mail. In this version, SMTP is the only option in this.

  • SMTP
    Sends a mail by communicating directly with the SMTP server.

Destination Settings

Configure the SNMP trap transmission function. Click Settings to configure the SNMP trap transmission destination.

Use Network Warning Light

Configure whether or not to use the warning light (dedicated product) controlled by network. The IP address of warning light is entered on the server property.

Change Alert Destination

Clicking Edit displays the Change Alert Destination dialog box.

Add

Add the alert ID of the destination which you want to customize. Clicking Add displays the Enter the message dialog box.

Category

Select a major category of the module type.

Module Type (Within 31 bytes)

Select the name of module type that you want to change the destination address.

Event ID

Enter the message ID of the module type for which you want to change the destination. For information on the message IDs, see "Messages reported by event log and alert"in "11. Error messages" in this guide.

Destination

Select a message destination from the following options.

  • Alert logs
    This sends messages to the alert logs.
  • Alert Extension
    This executes the specified function by using the alert extension function. Modify the extension settings by using Add and/or Edit. (The command must be specified within four lines.)
  • Mail Report
    Uses the mail report function.
  • SNMP Trap
    Uses the SNMP trap transmission function to send messages.
  • Message Topic
    This sends message to Amazon SNS.
  • Event Log (Disable only)
    You can disable the settings whereby the OS reports logs to the event log by clearing this check box. (You cannot configure the settings to report messages that are not reported to event logs.)

Add

Add a command of the alert extension function. Click Add to display the Enter Command dialog box.

Command (Within 511 bytes)

Enter any command you want to use.

  • Keyword
    If you specify %%MSG%%, the message of the target event ID is inserted.
    You cannot specify multiple %%MSG%% for one command.
    Configure within 511 bytes including the description of %%MSG%%.
    If you set %%MSG%% as an argument for a command, you need to add backslash (\) and double quotation (") like below.
    <any command you want to use> \"%%MSG%%\"

Remove

Click this to remove a command of alert extension function. Select the command and then click Remove.

Edit

Click this to modify a command of alert extension function. Select the command and then click Edit.

SMTP Settings

Click SMTP Settings to display the SMTP Settings dialog box used for the mail alert.

Mail Charset (Within 127 bytes)

Configure the character set of the e-mails sent for mail report.

Send Mail Timeout (1 to 999)

Configure the timeout value for communicating with the SMTP server.

Subject Encode

Select whether or not to encode the subject of e-mails.

SMTP Server List

Clicking this displays the configured SMTP servers. No more than four SMTP servers can be configured with this version.

Add

Use this button to add a SMTP server. Click Add to display the Enter the SMTP Server dialog box.

Remove

Use Remove to remove the SMTP server settings.

Edit

Use Edit to modify the SMTP server settings.

SMTP Server (Within 255 bytes)

Configure the IP address or host name of the SMTP server.

SMTP Port (1 to 65535)

Configure the port number of the SMTP server.

Sender Address (Within 255 bytes)

Configure the address from which an e-mail of mail report is sent.

Enable SMTP Authentication

Configure whether or not to enable SMTP authentication.

Authentication Method

Select a method of SMTP authentication.

User Name (Within 255 bytes)

Configure the user name used for SMTP authentication.

Password (Within 255 bytes)

Configure the password used for SMTP authentication.

SNMP Settings

Click this to display the Destination Settings dialog box which is used for the SNMP trap.

Destination

Displays the set SNMP trap transmission destinations. With this version, up to 32 SNMP trap transmission destinations can be set.

Add

Adds an SNMP trap transmission destination. Click Add to display the Change SNMP Destination dialog box.

Remove

Use Remove to remove the SNMP trap transmission destination settings.

Edit

Use Edit to modify the SNMP trap transmission destination settings.

Destination Server (Within 255 bytes)

Configure the name of the SNMP trap transmission destination server.

SNMP Port No. (1 to 65535)

Configure the port number of the SNMP trap transmission destination.

SNMP Version

Configure the SNMP version of the SNMP trap transmission destination.

SNMP Community Name (Within 255 bytes)

Configure the SNMP community name of the SNMP trap transmission destination.

2.2.9. WebManager tab

Use this tab to configure the settings for the WebManager Server.

Enable WebManager Service

Enables the WebManager Service.

  • When the check box is selected:
    The WebManager service is enabled.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    The WebManager service is disabled.

Communication Method

  • HTTP
    No encryption is used for communicating with a client.
  • HTTPS
    Encryption is used for communicating with a client.

Accessible number of clients (1 to 999)

Set the number of requests that can be simultaneously received from clients. If more requests than the number set here are generated, the excess requests will be discarded.

Control connection by using password

Click Settings to display the Password dialog box.

Cluster Password Method / OS Authentication Method

Choose a login method for Cluster WebUI from below.

  • Cluster Password Method
    Authenticates by Password for Operation or Password for Reference you set
  • OS Authentication Method
    Perform authentication by user and password of OS.

Cluster Password Method

  • Password for Operation
    Set a password that must be entered to enable connection to the Cluster WebUI in the operation mode, config mode, or verification mode.
    Click Change to display the Enter Password dialog box.
  • Password for Reference
    Set a password that must be entered to enable connection to the Cluster WebUI in the reference mode.
    Click Change to display the Enter Password dialog box.

  • Old Password (Within 255 bytes)
    Enter the current password. If the password is not set, leave it blank.
  • New Password (Within 255 bytes):
    Enter a new password. When deleting the old password, leave it blank.
  • Password Confirmation (Within 255 bytes)
    Enter the password again which you entered in New Password.
    Passwords can consist of one-byte upper- and lower-case letters, digits, symbols, and spaces (0x20 to 0x7E in ASCII code).

OS Authentication Method

Users must be registered to the server in advance to login to Cluster WebUI. More specifically, a group must be registered to the server and the users must belong to it as control permission of a cluster is assigned per group,

  • If a server belongs to a workgroup:
    Register the same user names and group names to all the servers connecting to Cluster WebUI.
  • If a server belongs to a domain:
    Register users and groups to the domain.

Add

Used to add a group to Authorized Group List. The Group Name dialog box appears when Add is clicked. To newly add a group, the Operation checkbox must be selected.

  • Group name (Within 255 bytes)
    Enter a group name to which you want to give a permission. The permission will be applied to the users belong to the group you entered. Groups must be registered to a server in advance.

Remove

Used to delete a group from Authorized Group List.
Select a group you want delete from Authorized Group List, and click Remove.

Edit

Used to edit a group. Select a group you want to edit from Authorized Group List, and click Edit. The Group Name dialog box with the selected group entered appears. The Operation does not change in this procedure.

Operation

Set Operation to a group registered in Authorized Group List.

  • When the checkbox is selected:
    Users belong to the group can control the cluster and view the status.
  • When the checkbox is not selected:
    Users belongs to the group can view the status only.

Login Session Lifetime Period (0 to 52560)

Time frame of login session. If this value is set to zero (0), the period becomes limitless.

Automatic Logout Time Period (0 to 99999)

Sets wait time for automatic logout if there is no communication between Cluster WebUI and the WebManager server. If this value is set to zero (0), no automatic logout occurs.

Lockout Threshold (0 to 999)

Locks out a client IP address which fails to login continuously. The client cannot login until Lockout Time passes once a client is locked out. If this value is set to zero (0), no client IP address is locked out.

Lockout Time (1 to 99999)

Sets lockout time for a client IP address. Once the time passes, the lockout is automatically released.

Initialize

Restores the default value. If Initialize is clicked, the values of Login Session Lifetime Period, Automatic Logout Time Period, Lockout Threshold and Lockout Time are restored to the default values.

Control connection by using client IP address

If selected, accesses are controlled by client IP addresses.

  • When the check box is selected:
    Add, Remove and Edit are displayed.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    Add, Remove and Edit are not displayed.

Add

Use Add to add an IP address to Connection Permit Client IP Address List. Click Add to display the IP Address dialog box is displayed. Newly added IP addresses have the rights for the operation.

  • IP Address (Within 80 bytes)
    Specify a client IP address that can be connected.
    - IP address: 10.0.0.21
    - Network address: 10.0.1.0/24

Remove

Use Remove to remove an IP address from Connection Permit Client IP Address List. Select the IP address you want to remove from Connection Permit Client IP Address List and then click Remove.

Edit

Use Edit to edit an IP address. Select an IP address you want to edit from Connection Permit Client IP Address List and then click Edit. The IP Address dialog box where the specified IP address is present is displayed. The rights for operating the edited IP addresses remain the same.

Operation

Sets the operation rights for IP addresses that are registered in Connection Permit Client IP Address List.

  • When the check box is selected:
    A client can operate a cluster and display its status.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    A client can only view the status of a cluster.

Output Cluster WebUI Operation Log

Allows you to output the operation log of Cluster WebUI.

For details, see "Maintenance Guide" - "The system maintenance information" - "Function for outputting the operation log of Cluster WebUI".

  • If the check box is checked:
    The operation log of Cluster WebUI is outputted.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    The operation log of Cluster WebUI is not outputted.

Log output path (Within 255 bytes)

Specify the output destination directory of the Cluster WebUI operation log with an absolute path consisting of ASCII characters.

File Size (1 to 10)

Specify the size of Cluster WebUI operation log.
When the log data reaches the specified size, a rotation occurs. Up to five generations of the data are saved.

IP address for Integrated WebManager

Click Settings to display the IP address for Integrated WebManager dialog box.

Add

Add IP addresses for the Integrated WebManager. Click the column cell of each server and select or enter IP address for the IP address of each server. For the communication path not connected to some server, set blank to the server cell of which the server is not connected.

Remove

Remove the communication path. Select the communication path to be removed and click Remove, then the selected path is removed.

Priority

When multiple IP addresses for Integrated WebManager are configured, the communication path with the smallest number in the Priority column is used preferentially for the internal communication among cluster servers. When changing the priority, click the arrows to change the order of the selected row.

Tuning Properties

Use Tuning to tune the WebManager Server. Clicking Tuning displays the WebManager Tuning Properties dialog box.

  • Client Session Timeout (1 to 999)
    Specify the client session time-out. A time-out is determined if the time specified here elapses after the last communication between the WebManager Server and the Cluster WebUI.
  • Reload Interval (0 to 999)
    Specify the screen data update interval. At this time interval, the Cluster WebUI screen is refreshed.
  • Mirror Agent Timeout (1 to 999)
    Specify the mirror agent time-out. A time-out is determined if the time specified here elapses till the mirror disk information is acquired.
  • Time Limit For Keeping Log Files (60 to 43200)
    Time limit determines when the log collection information temporarily saved on the server will be deleted. When the time specified here has elapsed, the log collection information will be deleted unless you save the file when the dialog box asking you if you save the log collection information is displayed.
  • Use Time Info
    Specify whether the time information display function is enabled or disabled.
    • When the check box is selected:
      The time information display function is enabled.
    • When the check box is not selected:
      The time information display function is disabled.
  • Initialize
    Click Initialize to reset all settings on this dialog to default. Click Initialize to set all items to their default values.

2.2.10. API tab

This tab allows you to set API services.

Enable API Service

Enables API services.

  • When the checkbox is selected:
    API services are enabled.
  • When the checkbox is not selected:
    API services are disabled.

Communication Method

  • HTTP:
    Does not use encryption for client communication.
  • HTTPS:
    Use encryption for client communication.

Control a privilege of operating clusters per group

Allows you to set and control a privilege of operating clusters per group.

  • If the check box is checked:
    Add, Remove, and Edit are displayed.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    Add, Remove, or Edit is not displayed.

Login users must be registered beforehand in the server which issues the request. More specifically, a group must be registered to the server and the users must belong to it as the control permission of a cluster is assigned per group.

  • If the server belongs to a work group:
    Register the same user name and group name in each of the servers which issues the request.
  • If the server belongs to a domain:
    Register users and groups in the domain.

Add

Allows you to add a group to Authorized Group List. Clicking Add displays the Group Name dialog box. Any group added here has the Operation box checked.

  • Group name (up to 255 bytes)
    Enter the name of a group. Users belonging to the group are to be given the permission.
    The group must be registered to a server in advance.

Remove

Use this option to delete a group from Authorized Group List.
From Authorized Group List, select a group to be deleted. Then, click Remove.

Edit

Use this option to edit a group. From Authorized Group List, select a group to be edited. Then click Edit. The Group Name dialog box appears with the selected group entered. Editing the group here does not change its operation right.

Operation

Set operation rights for any of the groups registered in Authorized Group List.

  • If the check box is checked:
    The users of the group can operate the cluster and obtain its status.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    The users of the group can only obtain the status of the cluster.

Control connection by using client IP address

Controls connections using client IP addresses.

  • When the checkbox is selected:
    Add, Remove and Edit are displayed.
  • When the checkbox is not selected:
    Add, Remove and Edit are not displayed.

Add

Use Add to add an IP address in Connection Permit Client IP Address List. Click Add to display the IP Address dialog box. Newly added IP addresses have the rights for the operation.

  • IP Address (Within 80 bytes)

    Specify a client IP address allowed for the connection.

    • IP address: 10.0.0.21

    • Network address: 10.0.1.0/24

Remove

Use Remove to remove an IP address from Connection Permit Client IP Address List. Select the IP address to be removed from Connection Permit Client IP Address List and then click Remove.

Edit

Use Edit to edit an IP address. Select the IP address you want to edit from Connection Permit Client IP Address List and then click Edit. A dialog box where the specified IP address is preset is displayed.

Operation

Set operation rights for any of the IP addresses registered in Connection Permit Client IP Address List.

  • When the check box is selected:
    A client can operate a cluster and display its status.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    A client can only view the status of a cluster.

Tuning

Adjusts API services. Click Tuning to display API Tuning Properties dialog box .

  • Authentication Lockout Threshold
    Specify the number that counts continuous HTTP server authentication failures. If the counts reach this threshold, lockout is performed.
  • HTTP Server Start Retry Count
    Specify the retry number that counts API services fail to start a HTTP server.
  • HTTP Server Start Interval
    Specify the period of time between the time HTTP server start failure occurs and the time retry starts.
  • Initialize
    Use Initialize to restore the default value. All the items restore the default values by clicking Initialize.

2.2.11. Encryption tab

Sets files and libraries used for encryption of the cluster elated services.

Certificate File

Sets the server credential file used for connecting to a client. Users need to prepare the server credential file.

Private Key File

Sets the private key file used for connecting to a client. Users need to prepare the private key file.

SSL Library

Sets the SSL library file used for encryption and selects the SSL library file included in OpenSSL. Users need to change it based on the environment, such as an installation folder.

Crypto Library

Sets the Crypto library file used for encryption and selects the Crypto library file included in OpenSSL. Users need to change it based on the environment, such as an installation folder.

2.2.12. Alert Log tab

Configure the settings for the alert log.

Enable Alert Service

Select this to start EXPRESSCLUSTER Web Alert service for the server.

  • When the check box is selected:
    EXPRESSCLUSTER Web Alert service is enabled.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    EXPRESSCLUSTER Web Alert service is disabled.

Max. Number to Save Alert Records (1 to 99999)

Specify the maximum number of alert records that can be retained. EXPRESSCLUSTER Web Alert service for server can retain alert messages up to this number.

Alert Sync: Method

This communication mode is used for Alert Log synchronization. Only unicast is available in Method list box for this version.

Alert Sync: Communication Timeout (1 to 300)

Specify a communication time-out. A communication time-out is determined if the time specified here elapses after the last communication between EXPRESSCLUSTER Web Alert service and servers.

Initialize

Click Initialize to reset all settings on this tab to default. Click Initialize to set all items to their default values.

2.2.13. Delay Warning tab

Configure the settings for Delay Warning on this tab. For details on delay warnings, see "Delay warning of monitor resources" in "Monitor resources"in "4. Monitor resource details" in this guide.

Heartbeat Delay Warning (1 to 99)

Set a percentage of heartbeat time-out at which the heartbeat delay warning is issued. If the time for the percentage passes without any heartbeat response, the warning will be produced in an alert log.

Monitor Delay Warning (1 to 99)

Set a percentage of monitor time-out at which the monitor delay warning is issued. If the time for the percentage passes without any monitor response, the warning will be produced in an alert log.

2.2.14. Disk tab

Configure the setting for a shared disk.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Interval (1 to 10)

Set the interval time required to retry disconnecting, when disconnecting a shared disk has failed.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Count (0 to 180)

Set the count to retry disconnecting when disconnecting a shared disk has failed.

  • Unlimited
    Select this to retry disconnecting a disk infinitely.
  • Set Number
    Select this to specify the count to retry to disconnect a disk.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Timeout (1 to 9999)

Set the timeout at which to disconnect a shared disk.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Final Action

If the count to disconnect a shared disk again is specified, set the action that will be taken in the case that disconnecting is failed for the specified count.

  • Enforced Disconnection
    Select this to disconnect a disk forcibly.
  • None
    Select this not to disconnect a disk forcibly.

Initialize

This operation is used to return the value to the default value. Click Initialize to set all items to their default values.

Note

If the disk fails to be disconnected, retry or the final action is performed as many times as the value set above for each disk resource deactivation.
However, an emergency shutdown occurs if a single deactivation takes 9999 or more seconds.
To change the retry count and retry interval, set the values in consideration of the above event.

2.2.15. Mirror Disk tab

Configure the setting for a mirror disk.

Auto Mirror Initial Construction

Specify whether to perform the mirror initial construction automatically when the newly created mirror disk resource is activated for the first time.

  • When selected
    Mirror initial construction is performed automatically.
  • When cleared
    Auto mirror initial construction is not performed

Auto Mirror Recovery

An automatic mirror recovery is performed when any difference occurs in the data of mirror disks between both servers. There is a case that mirror recovery cannot be performed automatically even if it is selected. For details, see "Automatically recovering from mirroring" in "Recovering from mirror breaks"in "10. Troubleshooting" in this guide.

  • When selected
    Mirror recovery is performed automatically.
  • When cleared
    Mirror recovery is not performed automatically.

Collect Mirror Statistics

This function can be used to collect and reference information about the mirroring performance. For details, see "Mirror statistics information collection function"in "The system maintenance information" in the "Maintenance Guide".

  • When selected
    Mirror Statistics Collection is performed.
  • When cleared
    Mirror Statistics Collection is not performed.

Difference Bitmap Size (1 to 5)

Users can set the size of an area in which the data differential information between servers is recorded, when a mirror break occurs. If the data partition is 4TB or more, data transfer for mirror recovery is optimized by enlarging the size.
This item needs to be set before establishing a mirror disk resource and a hybrid disk resource. If the mirror disk resource and the hybrid disk resource already exist in the cluster, the setting cannot be changed.

History Recording Area Size in Asynchronous Mode (1 to 100)

Users can set the size of an area in which the history of unsent data is recorded. In the asynchronous mode, a mirror break occurs if a certain amount of unsent data is stored. Larger size makes it harder for the mirror break to occur.
This item needs to be set before establishing a mirror disk resource and a hybrid disk resource. If the mirror disk resource and the hybrid disk resource already exist in the cluster, the setting cannot be changed.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Interval (1 to 10)

Set the interval time required to retry disconnecting, when disconnecting a mirror disk has failed.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Count (0 to 180)

Set the count to retry disconnecting when disconnecting a mirror disk has failed.

  • Unlimited
    Select this to retry disconnecting a disk infinitely.
  • Set Number
    Select this to specify the count to retry to disconnect a disk.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Timeout (1 to 9999)

Set the timeout at which to disconnect a mirror disk.

At Disk Disconnection Failure: Final Action

If a retry count is set for mirror disk disconnection, set the action when that will be taken in the case that disconnection still fails after the specified retry count exceeds.

  • Enforced Disconnection
    Select this to disconnect a disk forcibly
  • None
    Select this not to disconnect a disk forcibly.

Initialize

This operation is used to return the value to the default value. Click Initialize to set all items to their default values.

Note

If the disk fails to be disconnected, retry or the final action is performed as many times as the value set above for each mirror disk resource deactivation.
However, an emergency shutdown occurs if a single deactivation takes 9999 or more seconds.
To change the retry count and retry interval, set the values in consideration of the above event.

2.2.16. Account tab

The Account tab is used to register and/or delete a user account that is used in a force-stop script. You can set up to sixteen user accounts for one cluster system. Do not set seventeen or more accounts. Accounts that have already been set on all the cluster servers are the target to be registered. Account lists currently registered user accounts.

Add

Use Add to add a user account on the Account List. Click Add to display the Enter account dialog box.

  • User Name
    Enter a user account name to be registered. When specifying an account of a domain, enter, for example, "Domain Name\Account Name".
  • Password
    Enter a password of the user account to be registered.
  • Remove
    Use Remove to remove a user account from the Account List. Select the user account you want to remove from Account and then click Remove.

Edit

Use Edit to edit a user account. Select the user account you want to edit from Account and then click Edit. The Enter account dialog box where the selected account was entered is displayed.

2.2.17. RIP (Legacy) tab

When connecting to the EXPRESSCLUSTER Server from a remote LAN by using a virtual IP address, RIP must be sent to the public LAN which a router is connected to. The broadcast address of the RIP which is set on the cluster is displayed on the Network Address.

Add

Use Add to add a network address to the Network Address. Clicking Add displays the Enter network address dialog box.

  • Network Address
    Enter a network address to be registered.
  • Net Mask
    Enter a network mask to be registered.

Remove

Use Remove to remove a network address from the Network Address. Select the network address you want to remove from the Network Address and then click Remove.

Edit

Use Edit to edit a network address. Select the network address you want to edit from Network Address and then click Edit. The Enter network address dialog box where the selected network address was entered is displayed.

2.2.18. JVM monitor tab

Configure detailed parameters for the JVM monitor.

Note

To display the JVM monitor tab in the config mode of Cluster WebUI, you need to execute Update Server Info after the license for Java Resource Agent is registered.

Java Installation Path(Within 255 bytes)

Set the Java VM install path used by the JVM monitor. Specify an absolute path using ASCII characters. Do not add " \ " to the end of the path. This setting becomes common for all servers in the cluster.
Specification example:C:\Program Files\Java\jdk1.8.0_102

Maximum Java Heap Size(7 to 4096)

Set, in megabytes, the maximum Java VM heap size used by the JVM monitor (equivalent to -Xmx of the Java VM startup option). This setting becomes common for all servers in the cluster.

Java VM Additional Option (Within 1024 bytes)

Set the Java VM startup option used by the JVM monitor. However, specify -Xmx for Maximum Java Heap Size. This setting becomes common for all the servers in the cluster.
Specification example: -XX:+UseSerialGC

Log Output Setting

Click the Settings button to open the Log Output Setting dialog box.

Resource Measurement Setting

Click the Settings button to open the Resource Measurement Setting dialog box.

Connection Setting

Click the Settings button to open the Connection Setting dialog box.

Action Timeout (30 to 300)

Set a timeout value for the [Command] that has been specified on each window of the JVM monitor. This setting becomes common for all of the [Commands].

Log Output Setting

Clicking Settings displays the Log Output Setting dialog box.

Log Level

Select the log level of the log output by the JVM monitor.

Generation (2 to 100)

Set the number of generations to be retained for the log output by the JVM monitor. When Period is selected for Rotation Type, the rotation count is reset when cluster is suspended. Therefore, note that log files under the <EXPRESSCLUSTER_install_path>log\ha\jra increase per cluster suspend.

Rotation Type

Select a rotation type for the log output by the JVM monitor. If you select File Capacity as the rotation type, set the maximum size (200 to 2097151), in kilobytes, for each log file such as the JVM operation log. If you select Period as the rotation type, set the log rotation start time in "hh:mm" format (hh: 0 to 23, mm: 0 to 59) and the rotation interval (1 to 8784) in hours.

Initialize

Clicking Initialize returns the log level, generation, and rotation type items to their default values.

Resource Measurement Setting [Common]

Clicking Settings displays the Resource Measurement Setting dialog box. For details on the scheme for error judgment by the JVM monitor, see "4. Monitor resource details".

Retry Count (1 to 1440)

Set the resource measurement retry count to be applied if the JVM monitor fails in resource measurement.

Error Threshold (1 to 10)

Set the number of times abnormal judgment is performed when the usage of the Java VM or the application server resources collected by the JVM monitor via resource measurement continuously exceed the customer-defined threshold.

Memory Usage, Active Threads (15 to 600)

Set the interval at which the JVM monitor measures the memory usage and active thread count.

The time and count in Full GC (15 to 600)

Set the interval at which the JVM monitor measures the time and count in Full GC execution.

Initialize

Clicking Initialize returns the retry count, error threshold, and interval items to their default values.

Resource Measurement Setting [WebLogic]

Clicking Settings displays the Resource Measurement Setting dialog box. For details on the scheme for error judgment by the JVM monitor, see "4. Monitor resource details".

Retry Count (1 to 5)

Set the resource measurement retry count to be applied if the JVM monitor fails in resource measurement.

Error Threshold (1 to 10)

Set the number of times abnormal judgment is performed when the usage of the Java VM or the application server resources collected by the JVM monitor via resource measurement continuously exceed the customer-defined threshold.

The number of request (15 to 600)

Set the interval at which the JVM monitor measures the number of work manager or thread pool requests during WebLogic monitor.

The average number of the request (15 to 600)

Set the interval at which the JVM monitor measures the average number of work manager or thread pool requests during WebLogic monitor. Set a value that is an integer multiple of the value set in Interval: The number of request.

Initialize

Clicking Initialize returns the retry count, error threshold, and interval items to their default values.

Connection Setting

Clicking Settings displays the Connection Setting dialog box.

Management Port (1 to 65535)

Sets the port number internally used by the JVM monitor resource. Make sure not to set the port number that has been used by other functions or programs. This setting becomes common for all the servers in the cluster. Do not set 42424 to 61000.

Retry Count (1 to 5)

Set the retry count to be applied if connection to the monitor target Java VM fails.

Waiting time for reconnection (15 to 60)

Set the interval at which the JVM monitor retries connection if it fails in Java VM connection.

Initialize

Clicking Initialize sets the management port, retry count, and waiting time for reconnection items to their default values.

2.2.19. Cloud tab

Configure functions for cloud environments.

Enable Amazon SNS linkage function

Enable or disable the Amazon SNS linkage function.

  • If the check box is checked:
    The Amazon SNS linkage function is enabled.
    Amazon SNS is used as a destination of EXPRESSCLUSTER messages.
    By default, the messages are sent as shown in "11. Error messages": the "o"-marked lines of the [8] column in the table of "11.3. Messages reported by event log and alert".
    To send other messages:
    Go to Cluster Properties -> the Alert Service tab -> Change Alert Destination -> Destination, and then select Message Topic.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    The Amazon SNS linkage function is disabled.

TopicArn

Set TopicArn for the Amazon SNS linkage function.

Enable Amazon CloudWatch linkage function

Enable or disable the Amazon CloudWatch linkage function.

  • If the check box is checked:
    The Amazon CloudWatch linkage function is enabled.
    Amazon CloudWatch is informed of the monitoring process time taken by the monitor resource.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    The Amazon CloudWatch linkage function is disabled.

Note

Using the Amazon CloudWatch linkage function requires turning on Enable Amazon CloudWatch linkage function, and enabling Send polling time metrics of the Monitor (common) tab for the target monitor resource.

Namespace

Set Namespace for the Amazon CloudWatch linkage function.

Interval for Sending Metrics

Set the frequency of informing Amazon CloudWatch of the monitoring process time taken by the monitor resource.

2.2.20. Extension Tab

Other cluster functions are set.

Reboot Limitation

You can specify the Reboot OS or Shut down OS as the final action at abnormality detection for group resources and monitor resources. If either of them is selected, reboot may be repeated infinitely. By setting the reboot limit, you can prevent repeated reboots.

  • Max Reboot Count (0 to 99)
    Specify how many times the operating system can reboot. The number specified here is separately counted for group resource and monitor resource.
    However, the number of reboots may not be counted with Generate an intentional stop error selected.
    With Max Reboot Count set to zero, the reboot can be unlimitedly repeated.
  • Max Reboot Count Reset Time (0 to 999)
    When the max reboot count is specified, if the operation from the cluster startup keeps running normally for the time specified here, the reboot count is reset. The time specified here is separately counted for group resource and monitor resource.

Note

If Max Reboot Count is set to 1 or greater, usually set Max Reboot Count Reset Time to 1 or greater (default: 0). If Max Reboot Count Reset Time is set to zero (0), the reboot count is not reset. To reset the reboot count, use the clpregctrl command.

Auto Return

For preparation against a server stop in a way other than a cluster shutdown/stop or against a failure in normally completing a cluster shutdown/stop, you can determine for the next OS startup whether to automatically recover the cluster service restarting after its crash.

  • On
    Select this to perform the auto recovery.
  • Off
    Select this not to perform the auto recovery.

Failover Count Method

Select the method to count the number of failovers from Server or Cluster.

  • Server
    Count the number of failovers by server.
  • Cluster
    Count the number of failovers by cluster.

Grace period of server group failover policy (0 to 99999)

Specify the time by which a failover start is delayed when the automatic failover is performed between the server groups. After a server failure is detected and then the specified time elapses, the failover is performed.

If you specify 0, no delay occurs.

Change from OS Stop to OS Restart

Determine whether the OS stop action is collectively changed to OS restart action.
  • If the check box is checked:
    The action change is made.
  • If the check box is not checked:
    The action change is not made.

Note

If you want to make the action change, it is recommended to configure a network partition resolution resource or forced stop resource as well.

The changed action changes the following actions.
No actions other than those below are changed.
  • Action for NP resolution
    • With Stop cluster service and shutdown OS selected:
      Changes to Stop cluster service and reboot OS.
    • With Emergency shutdown selected
      Changes to Reboot the OS after the emergency shutdown.
  • Action with an abnormal cluster service process
    • With Emergency shutdown selected
      Changes to Reboot the OS after the emergency shutdown.
  • Action in case of an activation/deactivation stall of a group resource
    • With Emergency shutdown selected
      Changes to Reboot the OS after the emergency shutdown.
  • Action in case of a split brain syndrome in a group
    • With Emergency shutdown selected
      Changes to Reboot the OS after the emergency shutdown.
  • Final action with the abnormal activation/deactivation of a group resource
    • With Stop cluster service and shutdown OS selected:
      Changes to Stop cluster service and reboot OS.
  • Final action with an abnormal monitor resource
    • With Stop cluster service and shutdown OS selected:
      Changes to Stop cluster service and reboot OS.

Note

The action change does not affect the following monitor resources:

  • Message reception monitor resources

  • User space monitor resources

  • Mirror disk monitor resources

  • Hybrid disk monitor resources

  • Hybrid disk TUR monitor resources

Disable cluster operation

  • Group Automatic Startup
    • When the checkbox is selected:
      The group does not start automatically.
    • When the checkbox is not selected:
      The group starts automatically.
  • Recovery operation when a group resource activation error is detected
    • When the checkbox is selected:
      The recovery operation is disabled.
    • When the checkbox is not selected:
      The recovery operation is not disabled.
  • Recovery operation when a group resource deactivation error is detected
    • When the checkbox is selected:
      The recovery operation is disabled.
    • When the checkbox is not selected:
      The recovery operation is not disabled.
  • Recovery action when a monitor resource error is detected
    • When the checkbox is selected:
      The recovery action is disabled.
    • When the checkbox is not selected:
      The recovery action is not disabled.
  • Failover when server failure detected
    • When the checkbox is selected:
      The failover is disabled.
    • When the checkbox is not selected:
      The failover is not disabled.

Note

The disablement feature of Recovery action when a monitor resource error is detected does not support the following actions:

  • Action when disk RW monitoring resources detect stall errors

  • Action when timeout occurs in user space monitor resources

  • Recovery action for message receive monitor resources

Cluster Statistics

You can collect and see data on the cluster operation such as the required time of a group failover and that of resource activation.

For more information, see "Cluster statistics information collection function" in "The system maintenance information" in the Maintenance Guide.

  • When the check box is selected:
    The cluster statistical information is collected.
    • File Size (whose setting range depends on the type)
      Specify the size of the cluster statistical information file.
      When the collected information reaches the specified size, rotation occurs to save up to two generations of the data.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    The cluster statistical information is not collected.

Note

In Cluster Statistics, File Size can be specified as follows:
  • Heartbeat resource: 1 to 50 (MB)
  • Group: 1 to 5 (MB)
  • Group resource: 1 to 5 (MB)
  • Monitor resource: 1 to 10 (MB)

Initialize

This operation is used to return the value to the default value. Click Initialize to set all items to their default values.

2.3. Servers Properties

Configure setting information of all servers in Servers Properties.

2.3.1. Master Server tab

Configure the priority order of the servers. All the registered servers are displayed. Master server is the server to keep the master of cluster configuration information. And also, it is the server of the highest priority order.

Order

Used when changing the priority order of the servers. Select the server to be changed from the server definition list, and click the arrows. The selected row moves.

2.3.2. Server Group tab

Set server groups.

Add

Add server groups. The wizard windows for adding the server group is displayed. For details, see "Create a cluster" in " Procedure for creating the cluster configuration data" in "Creating the cluster configuration data" in the "Installation and Configuration Guide".

Remove

The selected server group is removed.
When the selected server group is used for the settings of the startup server of the failover group, the server group cannot be removed.

Rename

The change server group name dialog box of the selected server group is displayed.

There are the following naming rules.

  • There are naming rules that are the same as the host name of TCP/IP that can be set by the OS.

  • Up to 31 characters (31 bytes).

  • Names cannot start or end with a hyphen (-) or a space.

  • A name consisting of only numbers is not allowed.

Names should be unique (case-insensitive) in the server group.

Properties

Display the properties of the selected server group.

Server Group Definition

Name

Display the server group name.

Add

Use Add to add a server that can run the group. Select the server you want to add from Available Servers list and then click Add. The selected server is added to the Servers that can run the Group.

Remove

Use Remove to remove a server that can run the group. Select the server you want to remove from the Servers that can run the Group list and then click Remove. The selected server is added to Available Servers.

Order

Use the arrows to change the priority of a server that can run the group. Select the server whose priority you want to change, and then click the arrows. The selected row moves accordingly.

Servers

Display the server names which belong to the server group.

2.4. Server Properties

Configure individual settings on each server constructing the cluster in Server Properties.

2.4.1. Info tab

You can display the server name, and register and make a change to a comment on this tab.

Name

The selected server name is displayed. You cannot change the name here.

Changing the server name

  1. click others, and then select Rename the server.

  1. A dialog box to rename server is displayed.

Naming rules

  • There are naming rules that are the same as the host name of TCP/IP that can be set by the OS. It should be completely the same as the name set to the server.

  • Up to 63 characters (63 bytes)

  • Neither hyphen (-) nor space can be the first or last letter in names.

  • Underscore (_) is not allowed.

  • A name consisting of only numbers is not allowed.

  • Do not use "localhost" as the server name.

Comment

You can specify a comment for the server. Only alphanumeric characters are allowed.

2.4.2. Warning Light tab

Set an IP address of warning light (specified by NEC) controlled by network.

Add

Use this button to add an IP address of warning light. Click Add to open the Enter Alert Lamp dialog box.

Remove

Use this button to remove an IP address of warning light. Select the target setting, and then, click Remove.

No.

The arrow can't be used because only 1 warning light can be registered at present.

Warning Light

Select the product number of the warning light you use. The products corresponding to each number are as follows.

Product Number

Product Name

DN-1000S/DN-1000R/DN-1300GL

DN-1000S/DN-1000R/DN-1300GL

DN-1500GL

DN-1500GL

NH-FB series/NH-FB1 series

NH-FB series/NH-FB1 series

NH-FV1 series

NH-FV1 series

IP Address (Within 80 bytes)

Enter an IP address of the warning light.

Note

One warning light is required per one server. Do not set an IP address of the same warning light to multiple servers.

User Name

Enter the user name of the execution account on the server used for controlling the warning light.

Also, the user name specified here is used as the remote user name for the rsh command.

Password

Enter the password of the execution account on the server used for controlling the warning light.

Note

Enter Administrator for user name, Administrator for password.

Specify rsh command execution file path

  • When the check box is selected:
    The rsh command execution file path can be specified.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    The rsh command execution file path cannot be specified.

File path

Enter the full path of the rsh command to be used for controlling the warning light.
Specification example: C:\WINDOWS\system32\rsh.exe

Playback of an audio file

Playback of an audio file is enabled when DN1500GL or NH-FV1 series is selected as the warning light type.
If you change the warning light type to other than DN1500GL or NH-FV1 series after playback of an audio file was enabled, playback of an audio file will be disabled.

Alert When Server Starts

  • When the check box is selected:
    Reproduces the audio file at server start. The audio file is reproduced only once.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    Does not reproduce the audio file at server start.

Voice File No. (DN1500GL: 01 to 20, NH-FV1 series: 01 to 70)

Set the number of the voice file to be reproduced at server start.

Alert When Server Stops

  • When the check box is selected:
    Reproduces the audio file at server stop. The audio file is continuously reproduced until it is stopped manually.
  • When the check box is not selected:
    Does not reproduce the audio file at server stop.

Voice File No. (DN1500GL: 01 to 20, NH-FV1 series: 01 to 70)

Set the number of the voice file to be reproduced at server stop.

Edit

Use Edit to edit the warning light setting.

Note

To play the audio file, it must be registered in the network warning light. For more information on audio file registration, refer to the instruction manual of the network warning light to be used. Set the audio file number corresponding to the audio file that is registered for the network warning light.

2.4.3. HBA tab

Set the HBA to which the shared disk is connected.

List of HBAs to be managed by the cluster system

Set the access to the shared disk. If the check box is selected, access to all disks connected to the HBA is controlled when starting the OS next time. To protect data, it is required to select the check box of the HBA to which the shared disk is connected.

If the HBA list is not displayed, it can be displayed by clicking the Connect button.

Important

  • Do not connect the shared disk to any HBA whose check box is not selected. Even though the check box is selected, do not connect to the shared disk when the OS is not started again after configuring the settings. Data on the shared disk may be corrupted.

  • Do not select the check boxes other than those of HBAs to which the shared disk is connected. If access to the system partition on which the OS has been installed is restricted, the OS may not be started.

  • Do not select the check boxes of HBA that connects the mirroring target internal disk if you use mirror disk resource. Starting mirror disk resource fails.

Partitions excluded from cluster management

When a disk other than the shared disk is connected to the HBA set in HBAs to be managed by the cluster system, register the partitions on the disk. The access to the partitions registered with this list is not restricted.

Important

In principle, do not register the partitions on the shared disk that can be accessed from multiple servers. Data on the shared disk may be corrupted.

Connect

Select this to get the HBA data by connecting to the server.

Add

Add a partition that should not be restricted in its access in Partition excluded from cluster management.

Remove

Remove the selected partition from Partition excluded from cluster management.

2.4.4. Proxy tab

Sets proxy information.

Proxy Scheme

Sets protocols you want to use.

None: Proxy is not used. HTTP: HTTP is used.

Proxy Server

Sets DNS host name (or IP address) you want to connect.

Proxy Port

Sets the port number you want to connect.

2.5. Group Properties

For more information, see "3. Group resource details" in this guide.

2.6. Group Resource Properties

For more information, see "3. Group resource details" in this guide.

2.7. Monitor Resource Properties

For more information, see "4. Monitor resource details" in this guide.

2.8. Parameters list

Parameters you can specify in the Cluster WebUI and their default values are listed below.

"How to change [1]-[9]" represents the way you apply changes of parameters on servers. Applicable method is marked with "✓."

Priority

How to change

1

Shut down and reboot cluster

2

Stop and restart the cluster daemon

3

Suspend and resume the cluster daemon

4
Stop and restart the group
(Stop and restart the resource)

5

Restart the Node Manager service

6

Restart the Information Base service

7
Stop and restart the WebManager Server
Stop and restart the alert log

8

Restart the API service

9

Upload only

To form a new cluster, refer to the "Installation and Configuration Guide".

Cluster
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cluster Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Info Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Comment - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Language English 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Interconnect Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Priority - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Add, Remove - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 [Type] column 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 [MDC] column 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 [Server] column: Kernel Mode - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 　
　 [Server] column: Witness HB Use 　 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 　
　 [Server] column: Mirror Communication Only 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 [Server] column: MDC Use 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Server Down Notification On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Server Reset Notification Off 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Server Alive Check Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 1 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Witness HeartBeat Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Host 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Service Port 80 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Use SSL Off 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Use Proxy Off 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 HTTP Timeout 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Fencing 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Add, Remove - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 [Type] column DISK 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Ping Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 [Server] column - 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 DISK NP Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 I/O Wait Time 80 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Timeout 300 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Retry Count 0 times 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Ping NP Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Interface Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Group - No. 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Group - IP Address 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 IP Address - IP Address 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Detailed Settings - Interval 5 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Detailed Settings - Timeout 3 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Detailed Settings - Retry Count 3 times 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 HTTP NP Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Use Witness HB Resource Settings - 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Target Host 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Service Port 80 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Use SSL Off 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Interval 5 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Timeout 20 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 HTTP Timeout 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Network Partition Resolution Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Action at NP Occurrence Shutdown 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Forced Stop Type Do Not Use 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 BMC Forced-Stop Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Server List Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Servers (Add, Remove, Edit) － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 Enter BMC 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 　 IP Address － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 User Name － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 Password － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced Stop Action BMC Power Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Timeout 15 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed 15 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start 15 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 vCenter Forced-Stop Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Server List Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Servers (Add, Remove, Edit) － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 Input for Virtual Machine Name 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 　 Virtual Machine Name － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 Data Center － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced Stop Action Power Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Timeout 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 ｖCenter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 VMware vSphere CLI Installation Path C:\Program Files (x86)\VMware\VMware
vSphere CLI		 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Host Name － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 User Name － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Password － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Perl Path － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 AWS Forced-Stop Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Server List Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Servers (Add, Remove, Edit) － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 Input of Instance 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 　 Instance ID － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced Stop Action stop 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Timeout 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed 180 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start 120 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 OCI Forced-Stop Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Server List Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Servers (Add, Remove, Edit) － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 　 Input of Instance 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 　 Instance ID － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced Stop Action stop 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Timeout 15 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Time to Wait for Stop to Be Completed 180 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start 120 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Custom Forced-Stop Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Server List Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Servers (Add, Remove) － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Forced Stop Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced Stop Timeout 10 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Lead Time between a Stop Request and a Failover Start Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Script Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Select User Application
　Enter application path (Edit)		 － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Select Script created with this product
　Add, Remove, Edit, Replace		 forcestop.bat 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User － 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 MDC Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 MDC (Add, Remove) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 [Server] column - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Service Startup Delay Time 0 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Network initialization complete wait time 3 minutes 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Server Sync Wait Time 5 minutes 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Heartbeat Interval 3 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Heartbeat Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Server Internal Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Port No. Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Server Internal Port Number  29001 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Information Base Port Number 29008 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　
　 Data Transfer Port Number  29002 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 WebManager HTTP Port Number  29003 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 API HTTP Port Number 29009 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 API Server Internal Port Number 29010 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 Disk Agent Port Number  29004 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Mirror Driver Port Number 29005 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Kernel Mode Heartbeat Port Number 29106 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Alert Sync Port Number 29003 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Monitor Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Collect the System Resource Information Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
. Recovery Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action When the Cluster Service Process Is Abnormal Emergency shutdown 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Recovery Action for HA Agents 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Max Restart Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Recovery Action over Max Restart Count No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action to apply in the event of an activation/deactivation stall of a group resource Emergency shutdown 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Disable the Final Action when OS Stops Due to Failure Detection 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Group Resource When Activation Failure Detected Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Group Resource When Deactivation Failure Detected Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor Resource When Failure Detected Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Disable Shutdown When Multi-Failover-Service Detected 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Server Group Survives When Multi-Failover-Service Detected - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Server Group When Multi-Failover-Service Detected - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Alert Service Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Enable Alert Service Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Alert Destination Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Messages (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Message Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Category Process 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Module Type apisv 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Event ID - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination Alert Logs Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination Mail Report Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination SNMP Trap Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination Alert Extension Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination Message Topic Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination EventLog(DisableOnly) Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Command (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Mail Address - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Subject - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Mail Method SMTP 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 SMTP Settings 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Behavior Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Mail Charset - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Send Mail Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Subject Encode Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 SMTP Server - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 SMTP Server List (Add, Remove) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Enter the SMTP Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 SMTP Server - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 SMTP Port 25 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Sender Address - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Enable SMTP Authentication Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Method LOGIN 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 User name - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Password - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Use Network Warning Light Off 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 　 Behavior Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Destination (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Destination Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Destination Server - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 SNMP Port No. 162 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 SNMP Version v2c 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 SNMP Community Name public 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 WebManager Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Enable WebManager Service On 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Communication Method HTTP 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Accessible number of clients  64 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 Password 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Cluster Password Method / OS Authentication Method Cluster Password Method 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Cluster Password Method 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Password for Operation - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Password for Reference - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 OS Authentication Method 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Authorized Group List(Add, Remove, Edit)  - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Operation On 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Login Session Lifetime Period 1440 minutes 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Automatic Logout Time Period 60 minutes 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Lockout Threshold 0 time 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Lockout Time 10 minutes 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Control connection by using client IP address Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 IP Addresses of the Accessible Clients  - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 (Add, Remove, Edit)  　
　 Operation On 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 Cluster WebUI Operation Log 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Output Cluster WebUI Operation Log Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 Log output path - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 File Size 1 megabyte 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 IP address for Integrated WebManager 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Priority - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 [Server] column - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 WebManager Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Behavior Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Client Session Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Screen Data Refresh Interval 90 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Agent Timeout 150 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Time Limit For Keeping Log Files 600 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 　 　 Use Time Information Display Function On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 API Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Enable API Service Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 Communication Method HTTP 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 Control connection by using client IP address Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 IP Addresses of the Accessible Clients - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　  (Add, Remove, Edit)  　
　 　 API Tuning Properties   　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Authentication Lockout Threshold 3 times 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 　 HTTP Server Start Retry Count 3 times 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 　 HTTP Server Start Interval 5 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　
　 Encryption Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Certificate File - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Private Key File - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 SSL Library - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Crypto Library - 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Alert Log Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Enable Alert Service On 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Max. Number to Save Alert Records 10000 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Alert Sync Method Unicast (fixed) 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Alert Sync Communication Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Delay Warning Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Heartbeat Delay Warning On 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Delay Warning On 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Disk Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Interval 3 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Count Set Number 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Count: Set Number 10 times 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Final Action Enforced Disconnection 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Mirror Disk Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Auto Mirror Initial Construction On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Auto Mirror Recovery On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Collect Mirror Statistics On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Differential Bitmap Size 1 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 History Recording Area Size in Asynchronous Mode 100 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Interval 3 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Count Set Number 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Retry Count: Set Number 10 times 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 At Disk Disconnection Failure: Final Action Enforced Disconnection 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Account Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Account List (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 RIP (Legacy) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 List of Network Address (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Netmask 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 JVM monitor Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Java Installation Path - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Maximum Java Heap Size 16 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Java VM Additional Option - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Log Output Settings 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Log Level INFO 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Generation 10 generations 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Rotation Type File Capacity 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Rotation Type, File Capacity, Max Size 3072 kilobytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Rotation Type, Period, Start Time 0:00 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Rotation Type, Period, Interval 24 hours 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Resource Measurement Setting [Common] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Retry Count 10 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Error Threshold 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Interval, Memory Usage, Active Threads 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Interval, The time and count in Full GC 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Resource Measurement Setting [WebLogic] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Retry Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Error Threshold 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Interval, The number of request 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Interval, The average number of the request 300 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Connection Settings 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Management Port 25500 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Retry Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Waiting time for reconnection 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cloud Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Enable Amazon SNS linkage function Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 TopicArn - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Enable Amazon CloudWatch linkage function Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Namespace - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Interval for Sending Metrics 60 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Extension Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Max Reboot Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Max Reboot Count Reset Time 0 minute 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Auto Return On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Count Method Server 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Grace period of server group failover policy 0 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Change from OS Stop to OS Restart Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Disable cluster operation 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Group Automatic Startup Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Recovery operation when a group resource activation error is detected Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Recovery operation when a group resource deactivation error is detected Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Recovery action when a monitor resource error is detected Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Failover when Server Failure Detected Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Cluster Statistics Group On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Statistics FileSize 1 MB 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Statistics Group Resource On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Statistics FileSize 1 MB 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Statistics Monitor Resource On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Statistics FileSize 10 MB 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Servers
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Server Common Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Master Server Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Order The order you added 　 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 ✓ 　 　
　 Server Group Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Add - 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Remove - 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Rename - 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Server Group Definition 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Name 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Comment 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Order The order you added to "Servers that can run the Group." 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Add 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Remove 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Server
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Add Server [1] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Remove Server [2] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Server Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Info Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Name [3] - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Comment - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Warning Light Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 I/F Number (Add, Remove) The order you added I/Fs 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address (Edit) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Warning Light DN-1000S / DN-1000R / DN-1300GL 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Specify rsh command execution file path Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 File path - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Alert When Server Starts Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Alert When Server Stops Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Voice File No. - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Voice File No. - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 HBA Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 HBAs to be managed by the cluster system - ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Partition excluded from cluster management - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Proxy Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Proxy Scheme None 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Proxy Server - 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
　 Proxy Port - 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　
[1] For details about how to add or remove a server, see the Maintenance Guide.
[2] For details about how to add or remove a server, see the Maintenance Guide.
[3] Be careful when you change the host name or IP address of a server. For how to change the host name or IP address, see the Maintenance Guide.
Groups
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Group Common Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Exclusion Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Exclusive Rule List 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Add - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Remove - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Rename - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Properties - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Exclusive Rule Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Comment - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Add - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Remove - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Group
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Add Group - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Remove Group - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Group Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Info Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Type failover 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Use Server Group Settings Off 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Name - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Comment - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Startup Server Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover is possible on all servers On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Order The order you added to "Servers that can run the Group." 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Server (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Attribute Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Startup Attribute Auto Startup 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Multi-Failover-Service Check Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 300 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Attribute Auto Failover 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Auto Failover Use the startup server settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Prioritize failover policy in the server group Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Perform a Smart Failover Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Enable only manual failover among the server groups Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Exclude Server with Error Detected by Specified Monitor Resource, from Failover Destination Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover with Error Ignored If It Is Detected in All Servers Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failback Attribute Manual Failback 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Resources for Excluding Server from Failover Destination IP monitor 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 NIC Link Up/Down monitor 　 　 　 　 　
　 Logical Service Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Logical Service Name (Add, Remove) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Start Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Group - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Start Wait Time 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Dependent Group Property 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Wait Only when on the Same Server Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Stop Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Group - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Stop Wait Time 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait the Dependent Groups when a Cluster Stops On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Wait the Dependent Groups when a Server Stops Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Wait the Dependent Groups when a Group Stops Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Group Resource (Common)
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Add Resource 　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Remove Resource 　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Resource Common Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Info Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Name Default value per each resource 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Comment 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Execute Script before or after Activation or Deactivation 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Execute Script before Activation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Execute Script after Activation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Execute Script before Deactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Execute Script after Deactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Edit Script 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Select User Application 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Enter application path (Edit) 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Select Script created with this product 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Script content (Edit) 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 File rscextent.bat 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Exec User - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection Default value per each resource 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Edit Script 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Select User Application 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Enter application path (Edit) 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Select Script created with this product 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Script content (Edit) 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Timeout 5 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Exec User - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Default value per each resource 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Edit Script 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Select User Application 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Enter application path (Edit) 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Select Script created with this product 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Script content (Edit) 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Timeout 5 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Exec User - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Application resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Application Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • CIFS resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • disk resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • floating ip resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • hybrid disk resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • mirror disk resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • registry synchronization resource ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual computer name resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual IP resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS elastic ip resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS virtual ip resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS secondary ip resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure probe port resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Resident Type Resident 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Start Path - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Stop Path - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Application Resource Tuning  　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Script Synchronous, Asynchronous  Synchronous 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Start Script Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Script Normal Return Value - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Script Synchronous, Asynchronous Synchronous 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Script Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Stop Script Normal Return Value - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Target VCOM Resource Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Allow to Interact with Desktop Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forcibly Terminate Application When Stopping Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User Set Up Individually 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Start Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Current Directory - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Option Parameter - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Window Size Hide 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User Domain - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Exec User Account - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Exec User Password - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Execute from the Command Prompt Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Current Directory - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Option Parameter - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Window Size Hide 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User Domain - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User Account - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User Password - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Execute from the Command Prompt Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Floating IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Floating IP Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default is set) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove)  - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Floating IP Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Run ping On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Ping Interval 1 second 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Ping Timeout 1000 milliseconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Ping Retry Count 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced FIP Activation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Judge NIC Link Down as Failure Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Mirror Disk Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default is set) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove)  - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Mirror Disk resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Mirror Disk Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default is set) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove)  - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Mirror Disk No. 1 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Data Partition Drive Letter - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Partition Drive Letter - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Partition Offset Index 0 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Selection of Mirror Disk Connect 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Disk Connect Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Order The order registered for the cluster ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 MDC (Add, Remove) Two upper level mirror connects registered for the cluster ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Servers that can run the group (Add, Remove) - ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Data Partition (Edit) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster Partition (Edit) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Mirror Disk Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Execute the initial mirror construction On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Connect Timeout 20 seconds 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Request Queue Maximum Size 2048 [KB] 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mode Synchronous 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Kernel Queue Size 2048 [KB] 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Application Queue Size 2048 [KB] 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Thread Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Communication Band Limit Unlimited 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 History Files Store Folder - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
History Files Size Limit Unlimited 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Compress Data Off ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Compress Recovery Data Off ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Registry Synchronization resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Registry Synchronization Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • CIFS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • floating ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • hybrid disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • mirror disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • registry synchronization resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual computer name resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual IP resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS elastic ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS virtual ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS secondary ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure probe port resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Registry List (Add, Remove, Edit) 1 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Registry Synchronization Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Delivery Interval 1 second 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Script resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Script Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 • CIFS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • floating ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • hybrid disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • mirror disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • registry synchronization resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual computer name resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual IP resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS elastic ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS virtual ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS secondary ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure probe port resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Scripts (Add, Remove, Edit, Replace) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Script Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Script Synchronous, Asynchronous  Synchronous 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Start Script Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Script Normal Return Value When there is no value 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Start Script Execute on standby server Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Script Timeout (on standby server) 10 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Perform recovery processing Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Script Synchronous, Asynchronous Synchronous 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Script Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Stop Script Normal Return Value When there is no value 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Script Execute on standby server Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Stop Script Timeout (on standby server) 10 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Target VCOM Resource Name - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Allow to Interact with Desktop Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Exec User - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Disk resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Disk Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default is set) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove)  - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Drive Letter 　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Servers that can run the group (Add, Remove) 　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 GUID (Edit) 　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Service resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Service Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • CIFS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • floating ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • hybrid disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • mirror disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • registry synchronization resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual computer name resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual IP resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS elastic ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS virtual ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS secondary ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure probe port resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure DNS resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Service Name 　 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Service Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Script Synchronous, Asynchronous  Synchronous 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Start Script Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Stop Script Synchronous, Asynchronous Synchronous 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Stop Script Timeout 1800 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Target VCOM Resource Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Service Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Parameters - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Do not assume it as an error when the service is already started Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Wait after the service is started 0 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Wait after the service is stopped 0 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Virtual Computer Name resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Virtual Computer Name Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • floating IP resources 　 　 　 　 　
　 • virtual IP resources 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS elastic ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS virtual ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS secondary ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure probe port resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Virtual Computer Name - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target FIP Resource Name - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Virtual Computer Name Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Register with DNS dynamically Off 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 IP address to be associated FIP 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Virtual IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Virtual IP Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default is set) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove)  - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Net Mask - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Destination IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Source IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send Interval 30 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Use Routing Protocol RIPver1 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Virtual IP Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Run ping On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Interval 1 second 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Timeout 1000 milliseconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Retry Count  5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Forced VIP Activation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Judge NIC Link Down as Failure Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 RIP Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Next Hop IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Metric  3 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Port Number 520 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 RIPng Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Metric 1 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Port Number 521 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
CIFS resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CIFS Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • disk resources 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 • mirror disk resources 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Dependent Resources (Add, Remove)  　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure Zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Execute the automatic saving of shared configuration of drive. Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Target Drive - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Shared Configuration File - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Errors in restoring file share setting are treated as activity failure Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Shared Name  - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Folder - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Comment - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
When folder is shared not as activity failure On 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 CIFS Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Cache Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Allow Caching On 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Caching Setting Automatic Caching 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 User Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 User Limit No limitation 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Permission everyone Read 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Hybrid Disk resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Hybrid Disk Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default is set) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) 　 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure Detection No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Hybrid disk number 2 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Data partition drive letter - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster partition driver letter - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cluster partition offset index 0 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Selection of Mirror Disk Connect 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Disk Connect Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Order The order registered for the cluster ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 MDC (Add, Remove) Two upper level mirror connects registered for the cluster ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Hybrid Disk Resource Tuning  　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Execute the initial mirror construction On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mirror Connect Timeout 20 seconds 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Request Queue Maximum Size 2048 KB 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Mode Synchronous 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Kernel Queue Size 2048 KB 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Application Queue Size 2048 KB 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Thread Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Communication Band Limit Unlimited 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 History Files Store Folder - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 History Files Size Limit Unlimited 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Compress Data When Recovering Off 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
VM resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
VM Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • hybrid disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • mirror disk resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resource): 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute script before final action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure 0 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop cluster service and shut down the OS 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute script before final action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 VM Type Hyper-V 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 VM Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 VM Path - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 VM Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Request Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Virtual Machine Start Waiting Time 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Virtual Machine Stop Waiting Time 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Dynamic DNS resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dynamic DNS Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 • Floating IP resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 • Virtual IP resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS elastic ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS virtual ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •AWS secondary ip resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 •Azure probe port resource 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 0 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Specify the count. [zero] 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No operation (Do not activate the next resource.) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute script before final action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure 0 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down the OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute script before final action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Virtual Host Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 DDNS Server - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port No. 53 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Cache TTL 0 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Dynamic Update Periodically On 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Update Interval 60 minutes 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Delete the Registered IP Address Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Kerberos Authentication Off 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
AWS Elastic IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS elastic ip Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 (No default dependence) 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable operation server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster daemon and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 EIP ALLOCATION ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 ENI ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 AWS elastic ip Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 AWS CLI Timeout 100 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
AWS Virtual IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS virtual ip Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 (No default dependence) 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable operation server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 VPC ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 ENI ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 AWS virtual ip Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 AWS CLI Timeout 100 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
AWS Secondary IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS secondary ip Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 (No default dependence) 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable operation server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 ENI ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 AWS secondary ip Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Start Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Stop Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
AWS DNS resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS DNS Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default dependence) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Host Zone ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Resource Record Set Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 TTL 300 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Delete a resource set at deactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 AWS DNS Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 AWS CLI Timeout 100 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Azure probe port resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Azure probe port Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default dependence) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable operation server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Probeport - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Azure probe port  Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Probe wait timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Azure DNS resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Azure DNS Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default dependence) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Record Set Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Zone Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 TTL 3600 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Resource Group Name - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 User URI - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Tenant ID - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 File Path of Service Principal - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Azure CLI File Path - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Delete a record set at deactivation On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Azure DNS Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Azure CLI Timeout 100 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Google Cloud Virtual IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Google Cloud Virtual IP Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default dependence) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable operation server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Google Cloud Virtual IP Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Health check timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Oracle Cloud Virtual IP resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Oracle Cloud Virtual IP Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependency Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Follow the default dependence On (No default dependence) 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Dependent Resources (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Operation Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count at Activation Failure 5 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable operation server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failover Threshold Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Activation Failure No Operation (Not activate next resources) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Retry Count at Deactivation Failure zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action at Deactivation Failure Stop the cluster service and shut down OS. 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Details Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number - 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Oracle Cloud Virtual IP Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Health check timeout 30 seconds 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
Monitor resource (common)
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Add Monitor Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Remove Monitor Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Info Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Comment - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Edit Script 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 When [User Application] is selected 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Enter application path (Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 When [Script created with this product] is selected 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Script content (Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Timeout 5 seconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Exec User - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Application monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Application Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval   60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 3 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times (if the recovery target is other than clusters) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Disk RW monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Disk RW Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval   30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 300 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count  0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Fine Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 I/O size 2000000 bytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action on Stall Generate an intentional stop error 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when diskfull is detected The recovery action enabled 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Use Write Through Method Disabled 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time (if the recovery target is other than clusters) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Floating IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Floating IP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common)Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor NIC Link Up/Down Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times (if the recovery target is other than clusters) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 ping Timeout 5000 milliseconds 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times (if the recovery target is other than clusters) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Count Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Mirror Disk monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Mirror Disk Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 999 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 10 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Mirror Disk Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Destination Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
NIC Link Up/Down monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
NIC Link Up/Down Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Individually Set Up Servers (Add, Remove, Edit) - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Multi Target monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Multi Target Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Resource List (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Multi Target Monitor Resource Tuning Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Parameter Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 Error Threshold Same as number of members 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Specify Number 64 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Warning Threshold Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 　 Specify Number - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Registry Synchronous monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Registry Synchronous Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　
Disk TUR monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Disk TUR Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 300 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Disk Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Service monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Service Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 3 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Service Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Virtual Computer Name monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Virtual Computer Name Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Execute only the final action 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Specify the count. [zero] 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action Stop the cluster and shut down the OS 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Virtual IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Virtual IP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Failover Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
CIFS monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CIFS Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Access Check Disable 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Path - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Check Read 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Hybrid Disk monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Hybrid Disk Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 999 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 10 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Hybrid Disk Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Hybrid Disk TUR monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Hybrid Disk TUR Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 300 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Hybrid Disk Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Custom monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Custom Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 3 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Script Path Type Script created with this product 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 File genw.bat 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Type Synchronous 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Normal Return Value 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Kill the application when exit Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait for activation monitoring to stop before stopping the cluster Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Exec User - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Message Receive monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Message Receive Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 10 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Category - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Keyword - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Executing failover to the recovery target 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Failover to outside the Server Group Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
VM monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
VM Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Virtual Machine Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 　 　 　 　 　
DB2 monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DB2 Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Level Level 2 (monitored by update/select) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Database Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Instance Name DB2 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name db2admin 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Table Name DB2WATCH 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
FTP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
FTP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 21 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Protocol FTP 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Destination Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
HTTP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HTTP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab  　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count  3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Connecting Destination 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 80 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor URI - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Protocol HTTP 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Request Type HEAD 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Authentication Method No authentication 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
IMAP4 monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IMAP4 Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 143 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Authentication Method AUTHENTICATELOGIN 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
ODBC monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ODBC Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Level Level 2 (monitored by update/select) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Data Source Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Table Name ODBCWATCH 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Oracle monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Oracle Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Collect the dump file of the monitor process at timeout occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Method Monitor listener and instance 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Level Level 2 (monitored by update/select) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Connect Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name sys 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Authority Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 SYSDBA/DEFAULT SYSDBA 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Table Name ORAWATCH 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 ORACLE_HOME - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Character Set (Following the setting of the application) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Collect detailed application information at failure occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Collection Timeout 600 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Generate the monitor error during initialization or shutdown of Oracle Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
POP3 monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
POP3 Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 3 times  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 110 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Authentication Method APOP 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
PostgreSQL monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PostgreSQL Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Level Level 2 (monitored by update/select) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Database Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 5432 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name postgres 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Table Name PSQLWATCH 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
SMTP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SMTP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 25 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Authentication Method CRAM-MD5 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 E-mail Address - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action  Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
SQL Server monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SQL Server Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Level Level 2 (monitored by update/select) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Database Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Instance Name MSSQLSERVER 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name SA 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Table Name SQLWATCH 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 ODBC Driver Name ODBC Driver 13 for SQL 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Tuxedo monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Tuxedo Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Application Server Name BBL 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Config File - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
WebSphere monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
WebSphere Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Application Server Name server1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Profile Name default 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Install Path C:\Program Files\IBM\WebSphere\AppServer 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
WebLogic monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
WebLogic Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 2 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 IP Address 127.0.0.1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port 7002 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Method RESTful API 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Protocol HTTP 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name weblogic 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Add command option -Dwlst.offline.log=disable  -Duser.language=en_US 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Account Shadow Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 On: Config File - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 On: Key File - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Off: User Name weblogic 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Off: Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Authority Method DemoTrust 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Key Store File - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Install Path C:\Oracle\Middleware\Oracle_Home\wlserver 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
WebOTX monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
WebOTX Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Connecting Destination localhost 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Port Number 6212 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Install Path - 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action Stop cluster service and shutdown OS 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
JVM monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
JVM Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 JVM Type - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Identifier - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Connection Port - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Process Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 User - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Password - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Memory Tab(when Oracle Java is selected for JVM type) 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor Heap Memory Rate On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Total Usage 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Eden Space 100% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Survivor Space 100% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Tenured Gen 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor Non-Heap Memory Rate On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Total Usage 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Code Cache 100% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Perm Gen 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Perm Gen[shared-ro] 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Perm Gen[shared-rw] 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Memory Tab(when Oracle Java(usage monitoring) is selected for JVM Type) 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor Heap Memory Usage Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Total Usage 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Eden Space 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Survivor Space 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Tenured Gen 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor Non-Heap Memory Usage Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Total Usage 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Code Cache 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 CodeHeap non-nmethods 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 CodeHeap profiled 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 CodeHeap non- profiled 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Compressed Class Space 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Metaspace 0 megabytes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Thread Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor the number of Active Threads 65535 threads 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 GC Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor the time in Full GC 65535 milliseconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor the count of Full GC execution 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 WebLogic Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor the requests in Work Manager Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Target Work Managers - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 The number 65535 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Average 65535 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Increment from the last 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Monitor the requests in Thread Pool Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Waiting Requests, The number 65535 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Waiting Requests, Average 65535 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Waiting Requests, Increment from the last 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Executing Requests, The number 65535 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Executing Requests, Average 65535 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Executing Requests, Increment from the last 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Command - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
System monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
System Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring CPU usage ON 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 CPU Usage 90% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration Time 60 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring total usage of memory ON 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Total memory usage 90% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration Time 60 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Moitoring total usage of virtual memory ON 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Total virtual memory usage 90% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration Time 60 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Logical drive 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Utilization rate ON 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Warning level 90% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Notice level 80% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration 1440 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Free space ON 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Warning level 500 MB 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Notice level 1000 MB 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration 1440 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Maximum Reactivation Count zero  　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
Process resource monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Process Resource Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Process Name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring CPU usage On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 CPU usage 90% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration Time 1440 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring usage of memory On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Rate of Increase from the First Monitoring Point 10% 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Maximum Update Count 1440 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring number of opeing files (maximum number) Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Refresh Count 1440 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring number of running threads On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Duration Time 1440 minutes 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring Processes of the Same Name Off 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Count 100 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　
User mode monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
User mode Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor (common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 30 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 300 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Use Heartbeat Interval/Timeout On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring Method keepalive 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action When Timeout Occurs Generate an intentional stop error 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Create a Dummy Thread On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Dynamic DNS monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dynamic DNS Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring Timing When active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Check Name Resolution On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count 0 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　
Process Name monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Process Name Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 5 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 3 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitoring Timing Always 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Process name - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) 1 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count 0 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
AWS Elastic IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS elastic ip Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource awseip 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when AWS CLI command failed to receive response Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
AWS Virtual IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS virtual ip Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource awsvip 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when AWS CLI command failed to receive response Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
AWS Secondary IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS secondary ip Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 120 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 3 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource awssip 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when AWS CLI command failed to receive response Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Failover Target Server Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
AWS AZ monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS AZ Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
Availability Zone - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Action when AWS CLI command failed to receive response Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 0 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
AWS DNS monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AWS DNS Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource awsdns 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Resource Record Set On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Action when AWS CLI command failed to receive response Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Check Name Resolution On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Azure probe port monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Azure probe port Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource azurepp 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when Probe port wait timeout Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Azure load balance monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Azure load balance Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Specify the count. [zero] 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Azure DNS monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Azure DNS Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource azuredns 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Check Name Resolution On 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target azuredns 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Google Cloud Virtual IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Google Cloud Virtual IP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource gcvip 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when Health check wait timeout Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Google Cloud load balance monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Google Cloud load balance Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Specify the count. [zero] 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Oracle Cloud Virtual IP monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Oracle Cloud Virtual IP Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Active (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource ocvip 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Action when Health check wait timeout Disable recovery action(Do nothing) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Set as much as the number of the servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
Oracle Cloud load balance monitor resource
Parameters Default How to change
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Oracle Cloud load balance Monitor Resource Properties 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor(common) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Interval 60 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Timeout 180 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do Not Retry at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Do not Execute Recovery Action at Timeout Occurrence On 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Retry Count 1 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Wait Time to Start Monitoring 0 seconds 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Monitor Timing Always (fixed) 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Failure Detection Server All Servers 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Servers that can run the Group (Add, Remove) - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Send polling time metrics Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Monitor (special) Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Target Resource - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Tab 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Action Custom settings 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Target - 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Recovery Script Execution Count zero 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Reactivation Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Maximum Reactivation Count 3 times 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Failover Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Failover Target Server Stable Server 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Server] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count 0 time 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 When [Cluster] is selected for [Failover Count Method] 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 　 Maximum Failover Count Specify the count. [zero] 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　
　 Execute Script before Final Action Off 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 　 ✓
　 Final Action No Operation 　 　 ✓ 　 　 　 　 　 　

2.9. Upper limits of registration

Version

You can register up to

Cluster

12.00 or later

1

Server

12.00 or later

32

Server Group

12.00 or later

9

Group

12.00 or later

128
Group resource
(Per one group)

12.00 or later

512

Monitor resource

12.00 or later

384

Heartbeat resource

12.00 or later

16

Witness heatbeat resource

12.10 or later

1

Network Partition Resolution Resource

12.00 or later

64

Mirror disk resources and hybrid disk resources (Per cluster) in total

12.00 or later

22

Mirror Disk Connect

12.00 or later

16